Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC List
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems - Component Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - I/P - Label
        • Fuse Block - I/P - Top View
        • Fuse Block - I/P - Bottom View
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)/Hazard Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Compass Module Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View (L26)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (LY7)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LY7)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L26)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Magnasteer Actuator Connector End View (LY7)
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (U88)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (U88)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (U88)
        • Digital Radio Antenna Connector End View (U2K)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View C1 (U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View - Center (U88)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UW6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (U88)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UW6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (U88)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left (UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (UK3)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L26)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LY7)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Ignition Lock Control Actuator Connector End View (D55)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View (C67)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Dome/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Dome/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right (T96)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Lamp Assembly Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View (CJ2)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left - Lower
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left - Upper
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right - Lower
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right - Upper
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (DH6)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (DH6)
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Middle
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Middle
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Corner
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (JL4/JL9)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector End View (EBCM)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View (JL4/JL9)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4/JL9)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
        • Theft LED Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View C1
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View C2 (AP3)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Back (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Cushion (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Passenger (KA1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver (AL9)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL9)
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • C100 Engine Wiring Harness to Transmission Wiring Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C100 Off-Engine Wiring Harness to Transmission Wiring Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C101 Off-Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C102 Off-Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C104 I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C107 Off-Engine Harness to On-Engine Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C108 Battery Cable Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C109 On-Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harnes Connector End Views (LY7)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Ignition Control Module (ICM) Wiring Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C125 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Jumper Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C126 Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C141 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C142 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C143 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Forward Lamp Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C144 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Forward Lamp Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C145 Forward Lamp Harness to LH Sidemarker Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C146 Forward Lamp Harness to RH Sidemarker Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C208 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (JL4)
        • C209 Inflatable Restraint Driver Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C210 HVAC Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (C67)
        • C210 HVAC Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (CJ2)
        • C240 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View (D55)
        • C241 Body Harness to PRNDL Harness Connector End View
        • C250 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C260 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C261 I/P Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C275 Inflatable Restraint Coil Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Coil Harness to Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View (UK3)
        • C278 PSIR Jumper Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Body Harness to Left Front Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C312 Left Front Seat Harness to Left Front Seat Back Harness Connector End View (AL9)
        • C313 Body Harness to Right Front Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C315 Right Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C316 Left Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C317 Headliner Harness to Roof Harness Connector End View
        • C318 Headliner Harness to Roof Harness Connector End View
        • C355 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C356 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C390 Headliner Harness to Body harness Connector End View
        • C398 Roof Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C400 Rear Deck Lid Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C401 Body Harness to Left Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C402 Body Harness to Right Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C405 Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C406 Body Harness to License Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C450 Body Harness to Rear Park Assist Harness Connector End View (UD7)
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side (3.6L)
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side (3.6L)
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side (3.8L)
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side (3.8L)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side - 3.6L
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side - 3.6L
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side - 3.8L
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1 (3.6L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2 (3.6L)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View (w/o D55)
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (AP3)
        • Starter Connector End View (LY7)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Air Bag ON/OFF Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY1)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY1)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Left (AY1)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Right (AY1)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Switch Connector End View
        • Voice Recorder/Cruise Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood - Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - I/P - Label
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P - Bottom View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Exhaust Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Intake Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Exhaust Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Intake Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 1 Exhaust Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 1 Intake Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 2 Exhaust Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 2 Intake Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Mass Airflow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 (W/O NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Mass Airflow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Control Solenoid Valve/Pressure Sensor, Bank 2 (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Relay (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (W/O NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (W/O NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (W/O NU3) (3.8L)
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • System Wiring Diagrams
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems - Power And Ground, Inline Harness And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Garage Door Opener System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Garage Door Opener Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Garage Door Opener Component Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Garage Door Opener
        • Symptoms - Garage Door Opener
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One or Both Rear Windows
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Harness Replacement - Front Side Door Switches
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Inner Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Locking Rod/Bellcrank Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Rear Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows
            • Notes
            • Driver Window Switch
            • Express Down Feature
            • Lockout Switch Feature
            • Front Passenger Window Switch
            • Rear Passenger Window Switches
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks
            • Notes
            • Power Door Lock Controls
            • Door Lock Operation
            • Driver Door Unlock Operation
            • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
            • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
            • Auto Door Relock
            • Lockout Prevention
            • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
            • Key Cylinder Lock
            • Key Cylinder Unlock
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirrors
            • Notes
            • Power Mirror System Operation
            • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3101
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3102
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3103
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3106
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
        • Keyless Entry Antenna Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm Function
          • Remote Vehicle Start
          • Customer Programming Method for Enabling/Disabling the RVS Feature
          • Remote Vehicle Start Features That Allow A Remote Vehicle START/CONTINUE
          • Conditions to Stop A Remote Vehicle Start
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2945
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
          • Test Description
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator LED Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • LED Indicator Replacement - Vehicle Security System
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Adding Keys (Export including Canada)
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft System Indicators
            • Service Theft - VTD Fail Enable
            • Starting Disabled Due To Theft
            • Theft System Not Programmed
          • Keyless Entry System (w/AU0)
          • Radio with Theftlock
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Keyless Entry Module (Remote Control Door Lock Receiver)
            • Door Ajar Switches
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Front Door Lock Cylinder Switch
            • Power Door Lock Switches
            • Hood Ajar Switch
            • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch
            • Inputs
            • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Message Operation
            • Theft System Not Programmed
            • Service Theft System
            • Starting Disabled Due To Theft System
  • Collision/Avoidance
    • Object Detection System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Object Detection Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Object Detection Component Views
        • Object Detection Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Object Detection
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Displaying
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Clearing
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Moving
          • Vehicle Stopped
        • Symptoms - Object Detection
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Parking Assist Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Rear Parking Assist Inoperative - Red Indicator Flashes
      • Repair Instructions
        • Information Center Telltale Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Object Sensor Replacement
        • Object Alarm Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Object Detection Description and Operation
  • Communication Devices
    • Computer/Integrating Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Schematic Icons
        • Body Control System Wiring Schematics
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Wiring Schematics
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Component Views
          • View Behind Instrument Panel
          • View Below I/P Carrier
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Connector End Views
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Splice Pack SP205
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Computer/Integrating Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1004
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1013
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1014
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1370
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1380
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1385
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1390
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1475
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2535
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U0001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0100 - U0299
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1000 and U1255
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001-U1254
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301 or U1305
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2100
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2105-U2199
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Computer/Integrating Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
        • Control Module References
        • Data Link References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Data Link Connector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Notes
          • Preparation
          • BCM Setup
          • Remote Start Programming
          • BPP Sensor Calibration
          • Passkey 3 Programming Procedures
      • Description and Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Class 2 Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • GMLAN Serial Data Line
          • Class 2 Serial Data Link
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power Mode Master
          • Body Control Module
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
            • Notes
            • Ignition 1 Relay
            • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Repair Instructions
        • Audio Amplifier Programming and Setup
        • Blower Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
          • Notes
          • Vehicle system voltage
        • Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Replacement
          • Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Replacement
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Reprogramming
        • Communication Interface Module (OnStar) Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver (DRR) Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • DRR Replacement
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Electronic Compass Module Programming and Setup
        • Engine Control Module Programming and Setup (3.6L - LY7)
          • Notes
          • ECM Replacement
          • ECM Reprogramming
          • Setup For Component Replacement
        • Garage Door Opener Programming And Setup
        • Heated Seat Control Module Programming And Setup
        • HVAC Control Module Programming And Setup
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • HVAC Control Module Reprogramming
          • Actuator Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing And Diagnostic Module Programming And Setup
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Programming And Setup
        • Passenger Presence System Programming And Setup
        • Powertrain Control Module Programming And Setup
          • Notes
          • PCM Replacement
          • PCM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Radio Programming And Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming And Setup (One Connector System)
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Reprogramming
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Re-Initialization: May Be Due To Related Component Service
        • Transmission Control Module Programming And Setup
        • Object Alarm Module Programming And Setup
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Programming And Setup
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematic Icons
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Disengage History)
      • DTC P0564 (3.6L) - Cruise Control Multi-Function Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0564 (3.8L) - Cruise Control Multi-Function Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0571 - Cruise Control Brake Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0581 - Cruise Control Multifunction Switch High Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0608 - Vehicle Speed Output Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0703 - Brake Switch Circuit 2
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1574 - Stop Lamp Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2162 - Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Circuit 1-2 Correlation
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning (3.8L)
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning (3.6L)
        • Diagnostic Aids
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001 - Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2455 - Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470 - Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476 - Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Malfunction (3 button assembly)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482 - Cellular Phone Select Switch Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484 - MULTIPLE VALUES
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500 - Inter-Device Dedicated Bus Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Cellular Telephone (Body Cable)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Cellular Telephone (Instrument Panel Extension)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS) (Instrument Panel Extension Cable)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Cellular Communications
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Cellular Communications/Digital Radio
        • Mobile Telephone Digital Antenna Replacement
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Vehicle Location Antenna Module
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001 - Options Configuration Error (Recalibrate)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259 - Antenna Ground Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1780 - Theftlock Enabled
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Procedure
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Tools Required
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Description and Operation - Radio/Audio
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
            • Notes
            • Power Type Antennas
            • Windshield Type Antennas
          • Rear Defogger Antenna System
          • Diversity Antenna System
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speakers - Distortion
            • Notes
            • With RPO U88
            • With RPO U2K
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speaker Inoperative - One or More
            • Without RPO U88
            • With RPO U88
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
            • Notes
            • Without RPO U88
            • With RPO U88
        • Radio Setup
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Cassette Player Care and Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Front Door
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Song List (U1V only)
            • Notes
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • XM Reception
            • Notes
            • Antenna
            • Audio Amplifier
          • Theft Deterrent
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Radio Chime Level Adjustment
          • Tape/CD Player Error Messages
          • Technical Information for MP3 Player (US8, US9 or U3L)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Cruise Control Data List
          • BCM Data List
          • BCM Inputs
          • BCM Outputs
          • BASS Data List
        • DTC B2525
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2610
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B3445
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3838
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0504
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative (Standard)
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • Park, License and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamp, Fog Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp, Side Marker Lamp Replacement - Front
        • Tail Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp, High Mount Stop Lamp, License Lamp, Backup Lamp Replacement - Rear
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Notes
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Overhead Console
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Rear Quarter
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • HDLPS Suggested Indicator
          • Lights ON Warning
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Marker and License Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lighting
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamps
            • Interior Lamps Features
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Exit
            • Inadvertent Power Feature
            • Theater Dimming
            • Courtesy Lamps Manual Operation
            • Dome Lamp
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • I/P Courtesy Lamp
            • Rear Compartment Lamp
            • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamps
            • Sunshade Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
            • Notes
            • Incandescent Dimming
            • Driver Controls and Modules
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages and Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0160 or B0161
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0931
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0933
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0934
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0935
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461 (3.6L Ly7)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462 (3.8L L26 and L32)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0462 (3.6L Ly7)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (3.8L L26 and L32)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (3.6L Ly7)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0520
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0521 (3.6L Ly7)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0522 (3.6L Ly7)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523 (3.6L Ly7)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Gages Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Engine Oil Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Inoperative
        • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Compass Calibration
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Electronic Compass Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Knee Bolster Replacement - Left
        • Cover Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Plate Bolt - Left
        • Cover Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Plate Bolt - Right
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower (w/Floor Console)
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Striker Adjustment - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Steering Column Filler Replacement
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
        • Bezel Replacement - Driver Information
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Rear Compartment Door Replacement
        • Console Compartment Door Hinge Replacement
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Front
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
        • Console Replacement - Rear Floor
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Km/h and MPH Indicators
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Engine Oil Level/Change Engine Oil
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Warning Messages
          • Trip Odometer Button
            • Notes
            • Odometer
            • Trip Odometer A and B
            • Average Vehicle Speed (AVS)
            • Elapsed Time
          • Information Button
            • Notes
            • Language Selection
            • English/Metric Unit Selection
            • Compass Re-Calibration/Compass Zone Selection
            • Personalization Programming Options
          • Set/Reset Button
          • Gages Button (Uplevel DIC)
            • Notes
            • Oil Life Index (OLI) and Reset
            • Battery Voltage
            • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reset
          • Fuel (Uplevel DIC)
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Fuel Range
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • DIC Reminder
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Turn Signal Reminder
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Cruise Control Data List
          • BCM Data List
          • BCM Inputs
          • BCM Outputs
          • BASS Data List
        • DTC B2525
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2610
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B3445
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3838
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0504
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative (Standard)
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • Park, License and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamp, Fog Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp, Side Marker Lamp Replacement - Front
        • Tail Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp, High Mount Stop Lamp, License Lamp, Backup Lamp Replacement - Rear
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Notes
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Overhead Console
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Rear Quarter
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • HDLPS Suggested Indicator
          • Lights ON Warning
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Marker and License Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lighting
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamps
            • Interior Lamps Features
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Exit
            • Inadvertent Power Feature
            • Theater Dimming
            • Courtesy Lamps Manual Operation
            • Dome Lamp
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • I/P Courtesy Lamp
            • Rear Compartment Lamp
            • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamps
            • Sunshade Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
            • Notes
            • Incandescent Dimming
            • Driver Controls and Modules
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Always On - Rear Window
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2752
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2753
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Steering Wheel and Column Schematic Icons
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Steering Wheel Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Wheel Controls
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear (D55)
          • Circuit Description
          • System Operation
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
        • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement (Manual Tilt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing and Jacket Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wire Harness Assembly Replacement (Manual Tilt Column)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security - Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001 - Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2455 - Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470 - Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476 - Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Malfunction (3 button assembly)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482 - Cellular Phone Select Switch Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484 - MULTIPLE VALUES
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500 - Inter-Device Dedicated Bus Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Cellular Telephone (Body Cable)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Cellular Telephone (Instrument Panel Extension)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS) (Instrument Panel Extension Cable)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Cellular Communications
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Cellular Communications/Digital Radio
        • Mobile Telephone Digital Antenna Replacement
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Vehicle Location Antenna Module
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001 - Options Configuration Error (Recalibrate)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259 - Antenna Ground Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1780 - Theftlock Enabled
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Procedure
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Tools Required
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Description and Operation - Radio/Audio
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
            • Notes
            • Power Type Antennas
            • Windshield Type Antennas
          • Rear Defogger Antenna System
          • Diversity Antenna System
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speakers - Distortion
            • Notes
            • With RPO U88
            • With RPO U2K
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speaker Inoperative - One or More
            • Without RPO U88
            • With RPO U88
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
            • Notes
            • Without RPO U88
            • With RPO U88
        • Radio Setup
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Cassette Player Care and Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Front Door
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Song List (U1V only)
            • Notes
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • XM Reception
            • Notes
            • Antenna
            • Audio Amplifier
          • Theft Deterrent
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Radio Chime Level Adjustment
          • Tape/CD Player Error Messages
          • Technical Information for MP3 Player (US8, US9 or U3L)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One or Both Rear Windows
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Harness Replacement - Front Side Door Switches
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Inner Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Locking Rod/Bellcrank Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Rear Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows
            • Notes
            • Driver Window Switch
            • Express Down Feature
            • Lockout Switch Feature
            • Front Passenger Window Switch
            • Rear Passenger Window Switches
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks
            • Notes
            • Power Door Lock Controls
            • Door Lock Operation
            • Driver Door Unlock Operation
            • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
            • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
            • Auto Door Relock
            • Lockout Prevention
            • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
            • Key Cylinder Lock
            • Key Cylinder Unlock
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirrors
            • Notes
            • Power Mirror System Operation
            • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Molding Replacement - Body Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages and Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0160 or B0161
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0931
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0933
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0934
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0935
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461 (3.6L Ly7)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462 (3.8L L26 and L32)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0462 (3.6L Ly7)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (3.8L L26 and L32)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (3.6L Ly7)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0520
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0521 (3.6L Ly7)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0522 (3.6L Ly7)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523 (3.6L Ly7)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Gages Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Engine Oil Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Inoperative
        • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Compass Calibration
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Electronic Compass Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Knee Bolster Replacement - Left
        • Cover Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Plate Bolt - Left
        • Cover Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Plate Bolt - Right
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower (w/Floor Console)
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Striker Adjustment - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Steering Column Filler Replacement
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
        • Bezel Replacement - Driver Information
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Rear Compartment Door Replacement
        • Console Compartment Door Hinge Replacement
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Front
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
        • Console Replacement - Rear Floor
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Km/h and MPH Indicators
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Engine Oil Level/Change Engine Oil
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Warning Messages
          • Trip Odometer Button
            • Notes
            • Odometer
            • Trip Odometer A and B
            • Average Vehicle Speed (AVS)
            • Elapsed Time
          • Information Button
            • Notes
            • Language Selection
            • English/Metric Unit Selection
            • Compass Re-Calibration/Compass Zone Selection
            • Personalization Programming Options
          • Set/Reset Button
          • Gages Button (Uplevel DIC)
            • Notes
            • Oil Life Index (OLI) and Reset
            • Battery Voltage
            • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reset
          • Fuel (Uplevel DIC)
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Fuel Range
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • DIC Reminder
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Turn Signal Reminder
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Barrier Replacement - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Front
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Rear
        • Console Replacement - Overhead
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Lower Pillar
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Lower Center Pillar
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Cruise Control Data List
          • BCM Data List
          • BCM Inputs
          • BCM Outputs
          • BASS Data List
        • DTC B2525
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2610
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B3445
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3838
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0504
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative (Standard)
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • Park, License and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamp, Fog Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp, Side Marker Lamp Replacement - Front
        • Tail Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp, High Mount Stop Lamp, License Lamp, Backup Lamp Replacement - Rear
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Notes
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Overhead Console
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Rear Quarter
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • HDLPS Suggested Indicator
          • Lights ON Warning
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Marker and License Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lighting
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamps
            • Interior Lamps Features
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Exit
            • Inadvertent Power Feature
            • Theater Dimming
            • Courtesy Lamps Manual Operation
            • Dome Lamp
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • I/P Courtesy Lamp
            • Rear Compartment Lamp
            • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamps
            • Sunshade Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
            • Notes
            • Incandescent Dimming
            • Driver Controls and Modules
  • Memory Modules
    • Personalization Systems
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Programming Features
            • Enter Programming Mode
              • Notes
              • Exterior Lighting Delay
              • Interior Lights When Door Closed
              • Interior Lights When Key Removed
              • Auto Door Lock
              • Auto Door Unlock
              • Auto Door Unlock On
              • Delayed Locking
              • Remote Locks Feedback
              • Theft Deterrent (if equipped)
              • Key Cylinder Disarm (if equipped with Theft Deterrent)
              • Lock Switch Arm (if equipped with Theft Deterrent)
              • Programming Finished
          • Programming Features with the Tech 2
            • Notes
            • Delay Interior Lights
              • Notes
              • Delay Int. Lights Key Out
              • Remote Audible Verification Mode
              • Remote Visual Verification Mode
              • Driver 1 Auto. Door Lock Mode
              • Driver 1 Auto. Door Unlock Method
              • Driver 1 Auto. Door Unlock Mode
          • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One or Both Rear Windows
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Harness Replacement - Front Side Door Switches
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Inner Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Locking Rod/Bellcrank Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Rear Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows
            • Notes
            • Driver Window Switch
            • Express Down Feature
            • Lockout Switch Feature
            • Front Passenger Window Switch
            • Rear Passenger Window Switches
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks
            • Notes
            • Power Door Lock Controls
            • Door Lock Operation
            • Driver Door Unlock Operation
            • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
            • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
            • Auto Door Relock
            • Lockout Prevention
            • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
            • Key Cylinder Lock
            • Key Cylinder Unlock
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirrors
            • Notes
            • Power Mirror System Operation
            • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Always On - Rear Window
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1920 or B2165
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1925 or B2170
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2508 or B2509
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Power Seat Adjuster Mechanical Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Seat Cushion Side - Front Center Seat
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Front
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Front Center Seat
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Front
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Front
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Six-Way Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Two-Way Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
        • Seat Adjuster Phase Adjustment - Power
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Drive Cable Replacement - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Cable Replacement - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement - Heated Seats - Front
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
        • Armrest Replacement
        • Armrest Cup Holder Replacement - Front Seat
        • Front Seat Armrest Stowage Compartment Replacement
        • Front Seat Armrest Hinge Replacement
        • Front Seat Armrest Latch Replacement
        • Front Seat Armrest Lid Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Retainer Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (non-Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Back Bolster Replacement - Rear Split Folding
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear (Folding)
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear (One Piece)
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Rear
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Seat Motors
          • Seat Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Lumbar Switch
          • Lumbar Motors
          • Lumbar Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power and Ground
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Load Management
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Steering Wheel and Column Schematic Icons
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Steering Wheel Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Wheel Controls
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear (D55)
          • Circuit Description
          • System Operation
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
        • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement (Manual Tilt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing and Jacket Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wire Harness Assembly Replacement (Manual Tilt Column)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security - Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Warning Systems
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One or Both Rear Windows
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Harness Replacement - Front Side Door Switches
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Inner Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Locking Rod/Bellcrank Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Rear Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows
            • Notes
            • Driver Window Switch
            • Express Down Feature
            • Lockout Switch Feature
            • Front Passenger Window Switch
            • Rear Passenger Window Switches
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks
            • Notes
            • Power Door Lock Controls
            • Door Lock Operation
            • Driver Door Unlock Operation
            • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
            • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
            • Auto Door Relock
            • Lockout Prevention
            • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
            • Key Cylinder Lock
            • Key Cylinder Unlock
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirrors
            • Notes
            • Power Mirror System Operation
            • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Always On - Rear Window
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3873 - Front Washer Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3874 - Wiper Low Speed Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3875 - Wiper High Speed Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3922 - Front Wiper Select Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
        • Wipers Blades Do Not Park
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
          • Wiper Arm Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wiper Arm, Blade, Insert Replacement - Front
        • Wiper Motor, Wiper System Module Replacement
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Windshield Washer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Drive System Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Crank Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wipers/Washer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Wiper/Washer System Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Description
          • Low Speed Operation
          • High Speed Operation
          • Intermittent Operation
          • Park Position Operation
          • Mist Operation
          • Washer Operation
          • Low Washer Fluid Indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One or Both Rear Windows
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Harness Replacement - Front Side Door Switches
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Inner Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Locking Rod/Bellcrank Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Rear Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows
            • Notes
            • Driver Window Switch
            • Express Down Feature
            • Lockout Switch Feature
            • Front Passenger Window Switch
            • Rear Passenger Window Switches
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks
            • Notes
            • Power Door Lock Controls
            • Door Lock Operation
            • Driver Door Unlock Operation
            • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
            • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
            • Auto Door Relock
            • Lockout Prevention
            • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
            • Key Cylinder Lock
            • Key Cylinder Unlock
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirrors
            • Notes
            • Power Mirror System Operation
            • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3101
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3102
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3103
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3106
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
        • Keyless Entry Antenna Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm Function
          • Remote Vehicle Start
          • Customer Programming Method for Enabling/Disabling the RVS Feature
          • Remote Vehicle Start Features That Allow A Remote Vehicle START/CONTINUE
          • Conditions to Stop A Remote Vehicle Start
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2945
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
          • Test Description
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator LED Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • LED Indicator Replacement - Vehicle Security System
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Adding Keys (Export including Canada)
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft System Indicators
            • Service Theft - VTD Fail Enable
            • Starting Disabled Due To Theft
            • Theft System Not Programmed
          • Keyless Entry System (w/AU0)
          • Radio with Theftlock
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Keyless Entry Module (Remote Control Door Lock Receiver)
            • Door Ajar Switches
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Front Door Lock Cylinder Switch
            • Power Door Lock Switches
            • Hood Ajar Switch
            • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch
            • Inputs
            • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Message Operation
            • Theft System Not Programmed
            • Service Theft System
            • Starting Disabled Due To Theft System
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
          • Notes
          • Procedure
        • Air Pressure Test
          • Procedure
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
          • Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
          • Procedure
        • Interior Windnoise
          • Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood, Hinge, Rod, Stud Replacement - Hood
        • Fender, Fender Insulator, Wheelhouse Liner Replacement - Front
        • Hood Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement
        • Hood Latch Support Replacement
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
        • Headlamp and Bumper Fascia Mounting Panel - Front
        • Brace Replacement - Front Fender Upper Diagonal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Support Sight Shield Replacement
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Splash Shield Replacement - Engine
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Dash Mat Replacement - Side
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Front End Description
        • Front End Sealing Description
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Air Inlet Grille Panel Water Flow Direction and Cleaning
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
        • Body Rear End Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Trunk Release Inoperative
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Trim Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Front Trim Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Trim Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Trim Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Liner Panel Replacement - Rear
        • Fuel Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Pocket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Replacement - Rear
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Compartment Opening
      • Description and Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Bumper System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Inspection After Collision
      • Repair Instructions
        • Fascia, Absorber, Reinforcement Replacement - Front Bumper
        • Fascia, Bracket, Bar, Absorber Replacement - Rear Bumper
        • Air Deflector Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
        • Fascia Grille Replacement - Front Bumper - Lower
      • Description and Operation
        • Bumper and Fascia Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
          • Repair Preparation
          • Repair Procedure
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
          • Repair Preparation
          • Repair Procedure
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One or Both Rear Windows
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Harness Replacement - Front Side Door Switches
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Inner Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Locking Rod/Bellcrank Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Rear Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows
            • Notes
            • Driver Window Switch
            • Express Down Feature
            • Lockout Switch Feature
            • Front Passenger Window Switch
            • Rear Passenger Window Switches
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks
            • Notes
            • Power Door Lock Controls
            • Door Lock Operation
            • Driver Door Unlock Operation
            • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
            • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
            • Auto Door Relock
            • Lockout Prevention
            • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
            • Key Cylinder Lock
            • Key Cylinder Unlock
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirrors
            • Notes
            • Power Mirror System Operation
            • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Molding Replacement - Body Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages and Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0160 or B0161
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0931
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0933
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0934
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0935
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461 (3.6L Ly7)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462 (3.8L L26 and L32)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0462 (3.6L Ly7)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (3.8L L26 and L32)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (3.6L Ly7)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0520
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0521 (3.6L Ly7)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0522 (3.6L Ly7)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523 (3.6L Ly7)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Gages Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Engine Oil Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Inoperative
        • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Compass Calibration
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Electronic Compass Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Knee Bolster Replacement - Left
        • Cover Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Plate Bolt - Left
        • Cover Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Plate Bolt - Right
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower (w/Floor Console)
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Striker Adjustment - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Steering Column Filler Replacement
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
        • Bezel Replacement - Driver Information
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Rear Compartment Door Replacement
        • Console Compartment Door Hinge Replacement
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Front
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
        • Console Replacement - Rear Floor
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Km/h and MPH Indicators
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Engine Oil Level/Change Engine Oil
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Warning Messages
          • Trip Odometer Button
            • Notes
            • Odometer
            • Trip Odometer A and B
            • Average Vehicle Speed (AVS)
            • Elapsed Time
          • Information Button
            • Notes
            • Language Selection
            • English/Metric Unit Selection
            • Compass Re-Calibration/Compass Zone Selection
            • Personalization Programming Options
          • Set/Reset Button
          • Gages Button (Uplevel DIC)
            • Notes
            • Oil Life Index (OLI) and Reset
            • Battery Voltage
            • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reset
          • Fuel (Uplevel DIC)
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Fuel Range
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • DIC Reminder
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Turn Signal Reminder
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Barrier Replacement - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Front
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Rear
        • Console Replacement - Overhead
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Lower Pillar
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Lower Center Pillar
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Frame Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Steering Wheel and Column Schematic Icons
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Steering Wheel Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Wheel Controls
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear (D55)
          • Circuit Description
          • System Operation
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
        • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement (Manual Tilt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing and Jacket Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wire Harness Assembly Replacement (Manual Tilt Column)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security - Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One or Both Rear Windows
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Harness Replacement - Front Side Door Switches
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Inner Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Locking Rod/Bellcrank Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Rear Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows
            • Notes
            • Driver Window Switch
            • Express Down Feature
            • Lockout Switch Feature
            • Front Passenger Window Switch
            • Rear Passenger Window Switches
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks
            • Notes
            • Power Door Lock Controls
            • Door Lock Operation
            • Driver Door Unlock Operation
            • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
            • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
            • Auto Door Relock
            • Lockout Prevention
            • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
            • Key Cylinder Lock
            • Key Cylinder Unlock
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirrors
            • Notes
            • Power Mirror System Operation
            • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Always On - Rear Window
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1920 or B2165
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1925 or B2170
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2508 or B2509
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Power Seat Adjuster Mechanical Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Seat Cushion Side - Front Center Seat
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Front
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Front Center Seat
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Front
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Front
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Six-Way Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Two-Way Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
        • Seat Adjuster Phase Adjustment - Power
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Drive Cable Replacement - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Cable Replacement - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement - Heated Seats - Front
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
        • Armrest Replacement
        • Armrest Cup Holder Replacement - Front Seat
        • Front Seat Armrest Stowage Compartment Replacement
        • Front Seat Armrest Hinge Replacement
        • Front Seat Armrest Latch Replacement
        • Front Seat Armrest Lid Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Retainer Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (non-Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Back Bolster Replacement - Rear Split Folding
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear (Folding)
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear (One Piece)
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Rear
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Seat Motors
          • Seat Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Lumbar Switch
          • Lumbar Motors
          • Lumbar Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power and Ground
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Load Management
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Power Roof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Sunroof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Roof Systems Component Views
        • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative (1 Connector System)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Close
        • Power Sunroof Window is Skewed
        • Power Sunroof When Operated from Vent to Close One Side Will Drop Before the Other
        • Power Sunroof When Closing from the Vent Position the Window Will Reverse Direction
        • Power Sunroof Will Stop at the Wrong Location
        • Power Sunroof Will Over Travel the Open Position and Stall the Motor
        • Power Sunroof Will Over Travel the Close Position and Stall the Motor
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment
        • Sunroof Track Timing/Synchronization (PES)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Inspection and Cleaning
          • Drain Hose Routing
          • Plugged Drain Hose
          • Disconnected Drain Hose
        • Sunroof Sunshade Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initialization/Teach Process (Existing Motor)
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initialization/Teach Process (New Motor)
        • Sunroof Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Finishing Lace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Stop Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation (1 Connector System)
          • Sunroof
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One or Both Rear Windows
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Door Lock Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Harness Replacement - Front Side Door Switches
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Inner Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Cable Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Locking Rod/Bellcrank Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Rear Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Retainer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows
            • Notes
            • Driver Window Switch
            • Express Down Feature
            • Lockout Switch Feature
            • Front Passenger Window Switch
            • Rear Passenger Window Switches
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks
            • Notes
            • Power Door Lock Controls
            • Door Lock Operation
            • Driver Door Unlock Operation
            • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
            • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
            • Auto Door Relock
            • Lockout Prevention
            • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
            • Key Cylinder Lock
            • Key Cylinder Unlock
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirrors
            • Notes
            • Power Mirror System Operation
            • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Always On - Rear Window
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System With Traction Control System & Stability Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icons
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data Display/Definitions
        • Diagnostic Test Drive
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC C0035-C0051
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
            • C0036 C0041 C0046 C0051
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0035, C0040, C0045, C0050
            • C0036, C0041, C0046, C0051
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
            • C0036 C0041 C0046 C0051
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0060-C0095
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0110
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0121
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0131
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0132
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0141-C0156
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0186
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0187
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0196
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0197
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0236
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0240
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0241 or P0856
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0244 or P1689
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0245
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0252
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0253
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0710
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0875
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1650
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1651
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Stability System Disabled Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Bleeding the ABS System
          • Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Steering Angle Sensor Centering Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
        • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW7)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
          • Magnasteer
          • ABS Indicator
          • Service ABS System
          • Stability Off Indicator
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • Traction Control System Indicators
            • Service Traction System Message
            • Traction Control Active Message
            • Traction Control Off Message
          • Stability Control System Indicators
            • Stability Control Active Message
            • Stability Control Off Message
            • Service Stability System Message
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Measurement
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Front
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Rear
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Front (J65, JL9)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Rear (J65, JL9)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Burnishing Pads and Rotors
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Front (J65, JL9)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Rear (J65, JL9)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Front
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front (J65, JL9)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Rear (J65, JL9)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Front (J65, JL9)
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Rear (J65, JL9)
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Backing Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction
          • Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Indexing
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Correction Plates
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - On-Vehicle Lathe
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Brake Warning System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brakes Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
          • Test Description
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
          • Test Description
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test (STS)
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
          • Tools Required
          • Bleeding Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement (3.8L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Fluid and Brake Fluid Handling
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake System Indicator
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Left Rear
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Right Rear
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Equalizer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Adjustment (L26 and L32)
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Antilock Brake System With Traction Control System & Stability Control System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • ABS Schematic Icons
      • ABS Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • ABS Component Views
      • ABS Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Data Display/Definitions
      • Diagnostic Test Drive
      • Enhanced Diagnostics
        • History Data
        • Diagnostic Strategy
      • DTC C0035-C0051
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
          • C0036 C0041 C0046 C0051
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0035, C0040, C0045, C0050
          • C0036, C0041, C0046, C0051
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
          • C0036 C0041 C0046 C0051
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0060-C0095
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0110
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0121
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0131
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0132
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0141-C0156
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0161
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0186
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0187
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0196
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0197
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0236
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0240
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0241 or P0856
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0244 or P1689
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0245
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0252
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0253
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0710
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0870
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0875
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC U1650
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC U1651
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • ABS Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • ABS Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Stability System Disabled Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
    • Repair Instructions
      • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Bleeding the ABS System
        • Automated Bleed Procedure
      • Steering Angle Sensor Centering Procedure
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Traction Control Switch Replacement
      • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • ABS Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Initialization Sequence
        • Antilock Brake System
        • Pressure Hold
        • Pressure Decrease
        • Pressure Increase
        • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
        • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW7)
        • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
        • Magnasteer
        • ABS Indicator
        • Service ABS System
        • Stability Off Indicator
        • Brake Warning Indicator
        • Traction Control System Indicators
          • Service Traction System Message
          • Traction Control Active Message
          • Traction Control Off Message
        • Stability Control System Indicators
          • Stability Control Active Message
          • Stability Control Off Message
          • Service Stability System Message
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Boots (Seals) And Clamps
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Tri-Pot Joint (Inner Joint)
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Constant Velocity Joint (Outer Joint)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing or 12 Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)/Hazard Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Compass Module Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View (L26)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (LY7)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LY7)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L26)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Magnasteer Actuator Connector End View (LY7)
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (U88)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (U88)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (U88)
        • Digital Radio Antenna Connector End View (U2K)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View C1 (U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View - Center (U88)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UW6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (U88)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UW6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (U88)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left (UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (UK3)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L26)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LY7)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Ignition Lock Control Actuator Connector End View (D55)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View (C67)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Dome/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Dome/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right (T96)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Lamp Assembly Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View (CJ2)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left - Lower
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left - Upper
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right - Lower
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right - Upper
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (DH6)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (DH6)
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Middle
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Middle
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Corner
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (JL4/JL9)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector End View (EBCM)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View (JL4/JL9)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4/JL9)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
        • Theft LED Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View C1
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View C2 (AP3)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Back (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Cushion (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Passenger (KA1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver (AL9)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL9)
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • C100 Engine Wiring Harness to Transmission Wiring Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C100 Off-Engine Wiring Harness to Transmission Wiring Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C101 Off-Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C102 Off-Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C104 I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C107 Off-Engine Harness to On-Engine Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C108 Battery Cable Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C109 On-Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harnes Connector End Views (LY7)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Ignition Control Module (ICM) Wiring Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C125 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Jumper Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C126 Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C141 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C142 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C143 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Forward Lamp Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C144 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Forward Lamp Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C145 Forward Lamp Harness to LH Sidemarker Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C146 Forward Lamp Harness to RH Sidemarker Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C208 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (JL4)
        • C209 Inflatable Restraint Driver Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C210 HVAC Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (C67)
        • C210 HVAC Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (CJ2)
        • C240 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View (D55)
        • C241 Body Harness to PRNDL Harness Connector End View
        • C250 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C260 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C261 I/P Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C275 Inflatable Restraint Coil Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Coil Harness to Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View (UK3)
        • C278 PSIR Jumper Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Body Harness to Left Front Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C312 Left Front Seat Harness to Left Front Seat Back Harness Connector End View (AL9)
        • C313 Body Harness to Right Front Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C315 Right Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C316 Left Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C317 Headliner Harness to Roof Harness Connector End View
        • C318 Headliner Harness to Roof Harness Connector End View
        • C355 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C356 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C390 Headliner Harness to Body harness Connector End View
        • C398 Roof Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C400 Rear Deck Lid Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C401 Body Harness to Left Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C402 Body Harness to Right Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C405 Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C406 Body Harness to License Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C450 Body Harness to Rear Park Assist Harness Connector End View (UD7)
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side (3.6L)
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side (3.6L)
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side (3.8L)
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side (3.8L)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side - 3.6L
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side - 3.6L
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side - 3.8L
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1 (3.6L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2 (3.6L)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View (w/o D55)
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (AP3)
        • Starter Connector End View (LY7)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Air Bag ON/OFF Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY1)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY1)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Left (AY1)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Right (AY1)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Switch Connector End View
        • Voice Recorder/Cruise Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood - Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - I/P - Label
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P - Bottom View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Exhaust Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Intake Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Exhaust Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Intake Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 1 Exhaust Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 1 Intake Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 2 Exhaust Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 2 Intake Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Mass Airflow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 (W/O NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Mass Airflow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Control Solenoid Valve/Pressure Sensor, Bank 2 (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Relay (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (W/O NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (W/O NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (W/O NU3) (3.8L)
    • Wiring Systems - Component Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - I/P - Label
        • Fuse Block - I/P - Top View
        • Fuse Block - I/P - Bottom View
    • Wiring Systems - Power And Ground, Inline Harness And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
    • Wiring Systems - Testing, Diagnosis & Repair
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Voltage Test Procedure
          • Ground Test Procedure
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Tools Required
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Tools Required
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
          • Tools Required
          • Vehicle Data Recorder
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
          • High Temperature Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Procedure
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Procedure
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Identifying Connectors
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1516
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0616
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0617
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1668
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging (LY7)
          • AGM Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Charging (L26)
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Heat Shield Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Brace Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation (LY7)
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity (RC)
          • Cold Cranking Amperage (CCA)
          • Circuit Description
        • Battery Description and Operation (L26)
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour (AH)
          • Reserve Capacity (RC)
          • Cold Cranking Amperage (CCA)
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
          • Charging System Components
            • Generator
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Battery Current Sensor
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Charging System Operation
            • Notes
            • Charge Mode
            • Fuel Economy Mode
            • Voltage Reduction Mode
            • Start Up Mode
            • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
            • Charge Indicator Operation
            • Charging System Failure
            • Battery Voltage
            • Battery Saver Active
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems - Component Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - I/P - Label
        • Fuse Block - I/P - Top View
        • Fuse Block - I/P - Bottom View
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
      • Identification
        • Notes
        • Fusible Links
        • Instrument Panel Fuse Block
        • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
    • Wiring Systems - Component Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - I/P - Label
        • Fuse Block - I/P - Top View
        • Fuse Block - I/P - Bottom View
  • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Panel, Gages and Console Schematic Icons
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Driver Information System Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Instrument Panel, Gages and Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel, Gages and Console Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC B0160 or B0161
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B0931
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B0933
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B0934
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B0935
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0461 (3.6L Ly7)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0462 (3.8L L26 and L32)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0462 (3.6L Ly7)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463 (3.8L L26 and L32)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463 (3.6L Ly7)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0520
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0521 (3.6L Ly7)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0522 (3.6L Ly7)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0523 (3.6L Ly7)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Gages Inoperative
      • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
      • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
      • Engine Oil Temperature Indicator Always On
      • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
      • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Inoperative
      • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Inoperative
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
      • Chime Always On
      • Chime Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Electronic Compass Calibration
        • Compass Calibration
        • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Electronic Compass Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
      • Knee Bolster Replacement - Left
      • Cover Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Plate Bolt - Left
      • Cover Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Plate Bolt - Right
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower (w/Floor Console)
      • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
      • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
      • Striker Adjustment - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Adjustment Procedure
      • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
      • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
      • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Defroster Grille Replacement
      • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
      • Steering Column Filler Replacement
      • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
      • Bezel Replacement - Driver Information
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
      • Front Floor Console Rear Compartment Door Replacement
      • Console Compartment Door Hinge Replacement
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Front
      • Console Replacement - Front Floor
      • Console Replacement - Rear Floor
      • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
    • Description and Operation
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
        • Fuel Gage
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Change Oil Soon
        • Km/h and MPH Indicators
        • Low Fuel
        • Low Oil Level
        • Low Oil Pressure
        • Engine Oil Level/Change Engine Oil
        • Service Vehicle Soon
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Warning Messages
        • Trip Odometer Button
          • Notes
          • Odometer
          • Trip Odometer A and B
          • Average Vehicle Speed (AVS)
          • Elapsed Time
        • Information Button
          • Notes
          • Language Selection
          • English/Metric Unit Selection
          • Compass Re-Calibration/Compass Zone Selection
          • Personalization Programming Options
        • Set/Reset Button
        • Gages Button (Uplevel DIC)
          • Notes
          • Oil Life Index (OLI) and Reset
          • Battery Voltage
          • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reset
        • Fuel (Uplevel DIC)
          • Notes
          • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
          • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
          • Fuel Range
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • DIC Reminder
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Key-In-Ignition Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Turn Signal Reminder
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2752
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2753
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing or 12 Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)/Hazard Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Compass Module Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View (L26)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (LY7)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LY7)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L26)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Magnasteer Actuator Connector End View (LY7)
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (U88)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (U88)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (U88)
        • Digital Radio Antenna Connector End View (U2K)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View C1 (U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View - Center (U88)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UW6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (U88)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UW6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (U88)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left (UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (UK3)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L26)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LY7)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Ignition Lock Control Actuator Connector End View (D55)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View (C67)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Dome/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Dome/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right (T96)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Lamp Assembly Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View (CJ2)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left - Lower
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left - Upper
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right - Lower
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right - Upper
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (DH6)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (DH6)
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Middle
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Middle
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Corner
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (JL4/JL9)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector End View (EBCM)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View (JL4/JL9)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4/JL9)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
        • Theft LED Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View C1
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View C2 (AP3)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Back (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Cushion (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Passenger (KA1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver (AL9)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL9)
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • C100 Engine Wiring Harness to Transmission Wiring Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C100 Off-Engine Wiring Harness to Transmission Wiring Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C101 Off-Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C102 Off-Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C104 I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C107 Off-Engine Harness to On-Engine Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C108 Battery Cable Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C109 On-Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harnes Connector End Views (LY7)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Ignition Control Module (ICM) Wiring Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C125 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Jumper Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C126 Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C141 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C142 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C143 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Forward Lamp Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C144 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Forward Lamp Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C145 Forward Lamp Harness to LH Sidemarker Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C146 Forward Lamp Harness to RH Sidemarker Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C208 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (JL4)
        • C209 Inflatable Restraint Driver Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C210 HVAC Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (C67)
        • C210 HVAC Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (CJ2)
        • C240 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View (D55)
        • C241 Body Harness to PRNDL Harness Connector End View
        • C250 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C260 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C261 I/P Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C275 Inflatable Restraint Coil Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Coil Harness to Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View (UK3)
        • C278 PSIR Jumper Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Body Harness to Left Front Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C312 Left Front Seat Harness to Left Front Seat Back Harness Connector End View (AL9)
        • C313 Body Harness to Right Front Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C315 Right Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C316 Left Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C317 Headliner Harness to Roof Harness Connector End View
        • C318 Headliner Harness to Roof Harness Connector End View
        • C355 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C356 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C390 Headliner Harness to Body harness Connector End View
        • C398 Roof Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C400 Rear Deck Lid Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C401 Body Harness to Left Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C402 Body Harness to Right Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C405 Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C406 Body Harness to License Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C450 Body Harness to Rear Park Assist Harness Connector End View (UD7)
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side (3.6L)
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side (3.6L)
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side (3.8L)
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side (3.8L)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side - 3.6L
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side - 3.6L
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side - 3.8L
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1 (3.6L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2 (3.6L)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View (w/o D55)
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (AP3)
        • Starter Connector End View (LY7)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Air Bag ON/OFF Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY1)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY1)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Left (AY1)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Right (AY1)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Switch Connector End View
        • Voice Recorder/Cruise Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood - Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - I/P - Label
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P - Bottom View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Exhaust Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Intake Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Exhaust Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Intake Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 1 Exhaust Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 1 Intake Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 2 Exhaust Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 2 Intake Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Mass Airflow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 (W/O NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Mass Airflow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Control Solenoid Valve/Pressure Sensor, Bank 2 (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Relay (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (W/O NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (W/O NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (W/O NU3) (3.8L)
    • Wiring Systems - Component Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood - Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - I/P - Label
        • Fuse Block - I/P - Top View
        • Fuse Block - I/P - Bottom View
    • Wiring Systems - Power And Ground, Inline Harness And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
    • Wiring Systems - Testing, Diagnosis & Repair
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Voltage Test Procedure
          • Ground Test Procedure
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Tools Required
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Tools Required
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
          • Tools Required
          • Vehicle Data Recorder
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
          • High Temperature Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Procedure
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Procedure
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Identifying Connectors
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1516
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0616
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0617
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1668
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging (LY7)
          • AGM Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Charging (L26)
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Heat Shield Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Brace Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation (LY7)
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity (RC)
          • Cold Cranking Amperage (CCA)
          • Circuit Description
        • Battery Description and Operation (L26)
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour (AH)
          • Reserve Capacity (RC)
          • Cold Cranking Amperage (CCA)
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
          • Charging System Components
            • Generator
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Battery Current Sensor
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Charging System Operation
            • Notes
            • Charge Mode
            • Fuel Economy Mode
            • Voltage Reduction Mode
            • Start Up Mode
            • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
            • Charge Indicator Operation
            • Charging System Failure
            • Battery Voltage
            • Battery Saver Active
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)/Hazard Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Compass Module Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View (L26)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (LY7)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LY7)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L26)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Magnasteer Actuator Connector End View (LY7)
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (U88)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (U88)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (U88)
        • Digital Radio Antenna Connector End View (U2K)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View C1 (U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View - Center (U88)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UW6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (U88)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UW6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (U88)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left (UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (UK3)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (L26)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LY7)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Ignition Lock Control Actuator Connector End View (D55)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View (C67)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Dome/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Dome/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right (T96)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Lamp Assembly Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View (CJ2)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left - Lower
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left - Upper
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right - Lower
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right - Upper
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (DH6)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (DH6)
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Middle
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Middle
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Corner
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (JL4/JL9)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector End View (EBCM)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View (JL4/JL9)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4/JL9)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
        • Theft LED Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View C1
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View C2 (AP3)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Back (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Cushion (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Passenger (KA1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver (AL9)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL9)
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • C100 Engine Wiring Harness to Transmission Wiring Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C100 Off-Engine Wiring Harness to Transmission Wiring Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C101 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C101 Off-Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C102 Off-Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C104 I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C107 Off-Engine Harness to On-Engine Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C108 Battery Cable Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C109 On-Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harnes Connector End Views (LY7)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Ignition Control Module (ICM) Wiring Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C125 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Jumper Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C126 Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Jumper Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (L26)
        • C141 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C142 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C143 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Forward Lamp Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C144 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Forward Lamp Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C145 Forward Lamp Harness to LH Sidemarker Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C146 Forward Lamp Harness to RH Sidemarker Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C208 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (JL4)
        • C209 Inflatable Restraint Driver Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C210 HVAC Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (C67)
        • C210 HVAC Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (CJ2)
        • C240 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View (D55)
        • C241 Body Harness to PRNDL Harness Connector End View
        • C250 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C260 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C261 I/P Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C275 Inflatable Restraint Coil Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Coil Harness to Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View (UK3)
        • C278 PSIR Jumper Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Body Harness to Left Front Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C312 Left Front Seat Harness to Left Front Seat Back Harness Connector End View (AL9)
        • C313 Body Harness to Right Front Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C315 Right Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C316 Left Front Seat Safety Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C317 Headliner Harness to Roof Harness Connector End View
        • C318 Headliner Harness to Roof Harness Connector End View
        • C355 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C356 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C390 Headliner Harness to Body harness Connector End View
        • C398 Roof Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C400 Rear Deck Lid Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C401 Body Harness to Left Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C402 Body Harness to Right Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C405 Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C406 Body Harness to License Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C450 Body Harness to Rear Park Assist Harness Connector End View (UD7)
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side (3.6L)
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side (3.6L)
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side (3.8L)
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side (3.8L)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side - 3.6L
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side - 3.6L
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side - 3.8L
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1 (3.6L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2 (3.6L)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View (w/o D55)
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (AP3)
        • Starter Connector End View (LY7)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Air Bag ON/OFF Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY1)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY1)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Left (AY1)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Connector End View - Right (AY1)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Switch Connector End View
        • Voice Recorder/Cruise Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood - Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - I/P - Label
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P - Bottom View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Exhaust Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Intake Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Exhaust Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Intake Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 1 Exhaust Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 1 Intake Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 2 Exhaust Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 2 Intake Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Mass Airflow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 (W/O NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Mass Airflow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Control Solenoid Valve/Pressure Sensor, Bank 2 (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Relay (NU3) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (W/O NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (W/O NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (NU3) (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3 (W/O NU3) (3.8L)
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • System Wiring Diagrams
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems - Power And Ground, Inline Harness And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
• Engine Mechanical
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693, or P0694
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0481
            • P0693
            • P0694
            • P0480
            • P0691
            • P0692
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1258
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
        • Engine Overheating (LY7)
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Test Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature (LY7)
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Tools Required
          • Test Procedure
        • Coolant Leak Testing
          • Tools Required
          • Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (L26 Static Fill)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (LY7 Static Fill)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (L26, LY7, GE 47716 Fill)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Vac-N-Fill Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Coolant Recovery Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (3.8L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (3.6L)
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (3.8L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (3.6L)
        • Throttle Body Heater Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Motor Replacement - Electric (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Motor Replacement - Electric (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Housing Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Housing Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Pipe Replacement - Outlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drain Cock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement (LY7)
        • Radiator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control
          • Engine Coolant Indicators
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
          • Cooling Cycle
          • Coolant
          • Radiator
          • Pressure Cap
          • Coolant Recovery System
          • Air Baffles and Seals
          • Water Pump
          • Thermostat
          • Transmission Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Tools Required
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Crossover Pipe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Seal Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Insulator, Hanger, Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Hanger Mounting Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Converter Hanger Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
  • Engine Mechanical - 3.8L
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives & Lubricants
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
      • Engine Identification
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire With Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire With Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire With Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire With Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up But Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
        • Tools Required
        • Procedure
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
        • Tools Required
        • Procedure
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
        • Tools Required
        • Low or No Oil Pressure
        • Oil Pressure Testing
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Replacing Fuel Injector Sight Shield
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Drive Belt (L26)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Drive Belt Tensioner
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Upper Drive Belt Idler Pulley
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Lower Drive Belt Idler Pulley
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Drive Belt Idler Pulley Bracket
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Installing Engine Support Fixture
          • Tools Required
          • Installation
        • Replacing Front Engine Mount
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Front Engine Mount Bracket
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Right Engine Mount Strut
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Left Engine Mount Strut
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Left Engine Mount Strut Bracket
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Right Engine Mount Strut Bracket (L26)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Engine Mount Strut Bracket - Upper Radiator Support
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve (L26)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Oil Level Indicator and Tube
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Intake Manifold - Upper
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Intake Manifold - Lower
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Valve Rocker Arm Cover - Left
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Valve Rocker Arm Cover - Right
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Valve Stem Oil Seal & Valve Spring
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Valve Lifter
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Crankshaft Balancer
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Crankshaft Front Oil Seal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Engine Front Cover
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Oil Pump Cover & Gear Set
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Oil Filter Adapter and Bypass Valve Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Timing Chain & Sprockets
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Cylinder Head - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Cylinder Head - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Oil Pan
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Engine Oil Level Sensor and/or Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Oil Pump Pipe & Screen Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Connecting Rod Bearing
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Engine Flywheel
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal & Housing
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Engine
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Replacing Engine Oil & Oil Filter
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rotating the Engine for Service Access
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Draining Fluids & Removing Oil Filter
          • Removal
        • Removing Crankshaft Balancer
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
        • Removing Engine Flywheel
        • Removing Drive Belt Tensioner
        • Removing Drive Belt Idler Pulley
        • Removing Oil Level Indicator & Tube
        • Removing Water Outlet and Thermostat (L26)
        • Removing Water Pump
        • Removing Intake Manifold - Upper
        • Removing Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) & EGR Pipe
        • Removing Intake Manifold - Lower (L26)
        • Removing Exhaust Manifold - Left
        • Removing Exhaust Manifold - Right (Without Secondary Air Injection-SAI)
        • Removing Exhaust Manifold - Right (With Secondary Air Injection-SAI)
        • Removing Valve Rocker Arm Cover - Left
        • Removing Valve Rocker Arm Cover - Right
        • Removing Valve Rocker Arm & Push Rod
        • Removing Cylinder Head - Left
        • Removing Cylinder Head - Right
        • Removing Valve Lifter
        • Removing Oil Pan
        • Removing Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly
        • Removing Crankshaft Front Oil Seal
        • Removing Engine Front Cover
        • Removing Oil Filter Adapter
        • Removing Timing Chain and Sprockets (L26)
        • Removing Balance Shaft
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
        • Removing Camshaft
        • Removing Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal & Housing (Second Design)
        • Removing Piston, Connecting Rod & Bearing
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
        • Removing Crankshaft and Bearings
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
        • Removing Engine Block Plug
        • Removing Camshaft Bearing
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
        • Removing Balance Shaft Bearing And/Or Bushing
          • Tools Required
          • Removal
        • Engine Block Cleaning & Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Cylinder Boring and Honing
          • Boring Procedure
          • Honing Procedure
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning & Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Cleaning & Inspection
          • Bearing Selection
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning & Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning & Inspection
        • Disassembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Piston, Connecting Rod & Bearings Cleaning & Inspection
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Camshaft and Bearings Cleaning & Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning & Inspection (L26)
          • Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rods Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Lifters and Guides Cleaning & Inspection
        • Disassembling Cylinder Head
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection
        • Grinding Valve Guide Reaming/Valve & Seat
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Assembling Cylinder Head
          • Tools Required
          • assembly
        • Disassembling Oil Pump
        • Oil Pump Cleaning & Inspection
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning & Inspection
        • Assembling Oil Pump
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Cleaning & Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning & Inspection
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning & Inspection - Upper
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning & Inspection - Lower (L26)
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning & Inspection
        • Water Pump Cleaning & Inspection
        • Balance Shaft Cleaning & Inspection
        • Thread Repair
        • Servicing Prior to Assembly
        • Installing Balance Shaft Bearing And/Or Bushing
          • Tools Required
          • Installation
        • Installing Camshaft Bearing
          • Tools Required
          • Installation
        • Installing Engine Block Plug
          • Installation
        • Installing Crankshaft And Bearings
          • Tools Required
          • Installation
        • Installing Piston, Connecting Rod & Bearing
          • Tools Required
          • Installation
        • Installing Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal & Housing (Second Design)
          • Tools Required
          • Installation
        • Installing Camshaft
        • Installing Balance Shaft
          • Tools Required
          • Installation
        • Installing Timing Chain & Sprockets (L26)
          • Tools Required
          • Installation
        • Installing Engine Front Cover
          • Tools Required
          • Installation
        • Installing Crankshaft Front Oil Seal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation
        • Installing Oil Filter Adapter
          • Tools Required
          • Installation
        • Installing Oil Pump Pipe & Screen Assembly
          • Installation
        • Installing Oil Pan
          • Installation
        • Installing Valve Lifter
          • Installation
        • Installing Cylinder Head - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Installation
        • Installing Cylinder Head - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Installation
        • Installing Valve Rocker Arm & Push Rod
          • Tools Required
          • Installation
        • Installing Valve Rocker Arm Cover - Right
          • Installation
        • Installing Valve Rocker Arm Cover - Left
          • Installation
        • Installing Exhaust Manifold - Right (Without Secondary Air Injection-SAI)
          • Installation
        • Installing Exhaust Manifold - Right (With Secondary Air Injection-SAI)
          • Installation
        • Installing Exhaust Manifold - Left
          • Installation
        • Installing Intake Manifold - Lower (L26)
          • Installation
        • Installing Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) & EGR Pipe
          • Installation
        • Installing Intake Manifold - Upper
          • Installation
        • Installing Water Pump
          • Installation
        • Installing Water Outlet & Thermostat (L26)
          • Installation
        • Installing Oil Level Indicator & Tube
          • Installation
        • Installing Drive Belt Idler Pulley
          • Installation
        • Installing Drive Belt Tensioner
          • Installation
        • Installing Engine Flywheel
          • Tools Required
          • Installation
        • Installing Crankshaft Balancer
          • Tools Required
          • Installation
        • Prelubing Engine
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
        • Inspection/Description
      • Drive Belt System Description
      • Engine Component Description
        • Engine Construction
      • New Product Information
        • Notes
        • Component Comparison
        • Fastener Changes
        • Torque Values and/or Fastener Tightening Strategies
        • Changed Engine Specifications
        • New Sealants and/or Adhesives
        • Disassembly and Assembly Procedure Revisions
        • Engine Mechanical Diagnostic Procedure Revisions
        • New Special Tools Required
      • Lubrication Description
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
      • Using Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Types Of Sealants
        • Applying RTV Sealer
        • Applying Anaerobic Sealer
      • Tools and Equipment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1516
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0616
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0617
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1668
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging (LY7)
          • AGM Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Charging (L26)
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement (RPOs L26/L32)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Heat Shield Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Brace Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation (LY7)
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity (RC)
          • Cold Cranking Amperage (CCA)
          • Circuit Description
        • Battery Description and Operation (L26)
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour (AH)
          • Reserve Capacity (RC)
          • Cold Cranking Amperage (CCA)
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
          • Charging System Components
            • Generator
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Battery Current Sensor
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Charging System Operation
            • Notes
            • Charge Mode
            • Fuel Economy Mode
            • Voltage Reduction Mode
            • Start Up Mode
            • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
            • Charge Indicator Operation
            • Charging System Failure
            • Battery Voltage
            • Battery Saver Active
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Control System - 3.8L - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Control System - 3.8L - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram (L26, NU3)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor, Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module, Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor & Fuel Injector Component View
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor, Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve & Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Component View
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve, Fuel Injector, Generator & Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 Component View
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve & Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 Component View
          • Fuel Tank Component View
          • Catalytic Converter & Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Component View
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve, Intake Manifold, Valve Cover & Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Control Solenoid Valve/Pressure Sensor, Bank 2 Component View
          • Valve Cover, Secondary Air Injection Pump & Starter Component View
          • Front Of Engine Component View
          • Rear Of Engine (L26) Component View
          • Left Side Of Engine (L26) Component View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 (W/O NU3) Connector End View
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 (NU3) Connector End View
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
          • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
          • Mass Airflow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Control Solenoid Valve/Pressure Sensor, Bank 2 (NU3) Connector End View
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump (NU3) Connector End View
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay (NU3) Connector End View
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Relay (NU3) Connector End View
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal with Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
          • Tools Required
          • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Strainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
          • Tools Required
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis/Canister
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Shut-Off Valve Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Shut-Off Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Inlet Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Outlet Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Cleaning
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Intake Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Notes
          • PCM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • PCM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
          • Underhood Inspection
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Throttle Actuator Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Feed Pipe
          • Nylon Fuel Pipe
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensors
          • Crankshaft Balance Interrupter Ring
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Knock Sensor (KS)
          • Ignition Control Module (ICM) and Ignition Coils
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System Description
          • Notes
          • Results of Incorrect Operation
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Description
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
          • Linear EGR Valve
          • Linear EGR Control
          • EGR Diagnostics
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Control System - 3.8L - DTC P0016 To DTC P0206
      • DTC P0016
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0030
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0036
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0053
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0054
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0068
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0101
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Special Tools Required
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0102 or P0103
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0102
          • P0103
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Special Tools Required
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0107, P0108, P1106 or P1107
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0107 or P1107
          • P0108 or P1106
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0107
          • P0108
          • P1106
          • P1107
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • P0107 and P0108
          • P1106 and P1107
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • P0107 or P0108
          • P1106 or P1107
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0112, P0113, P1111 or P1112
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0112
          • P0113
          • P1111
          • P1112
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0112
          • P0113
          • P1111
          • P1112
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • P0112 and P0113
          • P1112 and P1111
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • P0112 or P0113
          • P1112 or P1111
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • Notes
          • P0112 or P1112
          • P0113 or P1111
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0116, P0125 or P0128
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • P0116
          • P0125-L32 only
          • P0128
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0116
          • P0125-L32 only
          • P0128
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0116
          • P0125-L32 only
          • P0128
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • P0116
          • P0125-L32 only or P0128
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0117, P0118, P1114 or P1115
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0117 or P1114
          • P0118 or P1115
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0117
          • P0118
          • P1114
          • P1115
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • P0117 and P0118
          • P1114 and P1115
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • P0117 or P0118
          • P1114 or P1115
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • Notes
          • P0117
          • P0118
          • P1114 or P1115
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0120
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0131
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0132
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0133
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0134
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0135
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0137
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0138
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0140
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Notes
          • Fast Pass Test
          • Regular Test
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Fast Pass Test
          • Regular Test
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0141
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0171
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0172
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0201-P0206
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM - 3.8L - DTC P0220 To DTC P0449
      • DTC P0220
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0230
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0300-P0306
        • System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0315
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0325, P0326, P0327 or P0332
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0325
          • P0327 or P0332
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0335
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0336
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0340
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0341
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0350
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0385
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0386
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0401
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0403
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0404
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0405
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0406
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0411 (L26, Nu3)
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0412 (L26, Nu3)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0418 (L26, Nu3)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0420
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0442
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0443
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0446
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0449
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
    • Engine Control System - 3.8L - DTC P0451 To DTC P2120
      • DTC P0451
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0452
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0453
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0454
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0455
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions For Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0496
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0506
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0507
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683 or P2610
        • Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0601
          • P0602
          • P0604
          • P0606
          • P2610
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0601
          • P0602
          • P0604
          • P0606
          • P2610
            • Notes
            • Phase 1
            • Phase 2
        • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC P0601, P0602, P0604, P0606 and P2610
        • Circuit/System Testing for DTC P0601, P0602, P0604, P0606 and P2610
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0641 or P0651
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
          • P0641
          • P0651
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • P0641
          • P0651
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0650
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0685
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1125
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1133
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P1134
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P1350
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1400
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • DTC P1404
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1516
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1640, P1650 or P1660
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2101
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2107
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2108
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2119
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2120
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
    • Engine Control System - 3.8L - DTC P2125 To DTC U0107
      • DTC P2125
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2135
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2138
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2430 (L26, Nu3)
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2431 (L26, Nu3)
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2432 (L26, Nu3)
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2433 (L26, Nu3)
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2440 (L26, Nu3)
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2444 (L26, Nu3)
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2A00
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2A01
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC U0107
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Control System - 3.8L - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
        • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
        • Visual/Physical Check
        • Symptoms
      • Symptoms - Fuel System
      • Symptoms - Ignition System
      • Symptoms - Sensors/Systems
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Fuel Injector Coil Test
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
        • Notes
        • System Description
          • Notes
          • Test Description
      • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • Test Description
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (With Special Tool)
        • Test Description
        • Test Procedure
      • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Special Tools Required
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP) System Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Control System - 3.8L - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Control System - 3.8L - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram (L26, NU3)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor, Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module, Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor & Fuel Injector Component View
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor, Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve & Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Component View
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve, Fuel Injector, Generator & Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 Component View
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve & Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 Component View
          • Fuel Tank Component View
          • Catalytic Converter & Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Component View
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve, Intake Manifold, Valve Cover & Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Control Solenoid Valve/Pressure Sensor, Bank 2 Component View
          • Valve Cover, Secondary Air Injection Pump & Starter Component View
          • Front Of Engine Component View
          • Rear Of Engine (L26) Component View
          • Left Side Of Engine (L26) Component View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 (W/O NU3) Connector End View
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 (NU3) Connector End View
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
          • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
          • Mass Airflow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Control Solenoid Valve/Pressure Sensor, Bank 2 (NU3) Connector End View
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump (NU3) Connector End View
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay (NU3) Connector End View
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Relay (NU3) Connector End View
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal with Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
          • Tools Required
          • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Strainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
          • Tools Required
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis/Canister
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Shut-Off Valve Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Shut-Off Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Inlet Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Outlet Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Cleaning
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Intake Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Notes
          • PCM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • PCM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
          • Underhood Inspection
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Throttle Actuator Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Feed Pipe
          • Nylon Fuel Pipe
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensors
          • Crankshaft Balance Interrupter Ring
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Knock Sensor (KS)
          • Ignition Control Module (ICM) and Ignition Coils
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System Description
          • Notes
          • Results of Incorrect Operation
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Description
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
          • Linear EGR Valve
          • Linear EGR Control
          • EGR Diagnostics
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Control System - 3.8L - DTC P0016 To DTC P0206
      • DTC P0016
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0030
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0036
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0053
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0054
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0068
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0101
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Special Tools Required
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0102 or P0103
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0102
          • P0103
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Special Tools Required
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0107, P0108, P1106 or P1107
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0107 or P1107
          • P0108 or P1106
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0107
          • P0108
          • P1106
          • P1107
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • P0107 and P0108
          • P1106 and P1107
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • P0107 or P0108
          • P1106 or P1107
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0112, P0113, P1111 or P1112
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0112
          • P0113
          • P1111
          • P1112
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0112
          • P0113
          • P1111
          • P1112
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • P0112 and P0113
          • P1112 and P1111
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • P0112 or P0113
          • P1112 or P1111
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • Notes
          • P0112 or P1112
          • P0113 or P1111
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0116, P0125 or P0128
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • P0116
          • P0125-L32 only
          • P0128
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0116
          • P0125-L32 only
          • P0128
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0116
          • P0125-L32 only
          • P0128
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • P0116
          • P0125-L32 only or P0128
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0117, P0118, P1114 or P1115
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0117 or P1114
          • P0118 or P1115
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0117
          • P0118
          • P1114
          • P1115
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • P0117 and P0118
          • P1114 and P1115
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • P0117 or P0118
          • P1114 or P1115
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • Notes
          • P0117
          • P0118
          • P1114 or P1115
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0120
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0131
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0132
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0133
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0134
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0135
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0137
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0138
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0140
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Notes
          • Fast Pass Test
          • Regular Test
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Fast Pass Test
          • Regular Test
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0141
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0171
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0172
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0201-P0206
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM - 3.8L - DTC P0220 To DTC P0449
      • DTC P0220
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0230
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0300-P0306
        • System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0315
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0325, P0326, P0327 or P0332
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0325
          • P0327 or P0332
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0335
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0336
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0340
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0341
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0350
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0385
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0386
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0401
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0403
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0404
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0405
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0406
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0411 (L26, Nu3)
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0412 (L26, Nu3)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0418 (L26, Nu3)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0420
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0442
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0443
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0446
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0449
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
    • Engine Control System - 3.8L - DTC P0451 To DTC P2120
      • DTC P0451
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0452
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0453
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0454
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0455
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions For Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0496
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0506
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0507
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683 or P2610
        • Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0601
          • P0602
          • P0604
          • P0606
          • P2610
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0601
          • P0602
          • P0604
          • P0606
          • P2610
            • Notes
            • Phase 1
            • Phase 2
        • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC P0601, P0602, P0604, P0606 and P2610
        • Circuit/System Testing for DTC P0601, P0602, P0604, P0606 and P2610
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0641 or P0651
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
          • P0641
          • P0651
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • P0641
          • P0651
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0650
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0685
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1125
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1133
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P1134
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P1350
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1400
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • DTC P1404
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1516
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1640, P1650 or P1660
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2101
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2107
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2108
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2119
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2120
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
    • Engine Control System - 3.8L - DTC P2125 To DTC U0107
      • DTC P2125
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2135
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2138
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2430 (L26, Nu3)
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2431 (L26, Nu3)
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2432 (L26, Nu3)
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2433 (L26, Nu3)
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2440 (L26, Nu3)
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2444 (L26, Nu3)
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2A00
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2A01
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC U0107
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Control System - 3.8L - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
        • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
        • Visual/Physical Check
        • Symptoms
      • Symptoms - Fuel System
      • Symptoms - Ignition System
      • Symptoms - Sensors/Systems
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Fuel Injector Coil Test
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
        • Notes
        • System Description
          • Notes
          • Test Description
      • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • Test Description
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (With Special Tool)
        • Test Description
        • Test Procedure
      • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Special Tools Required
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP) System Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC List
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 3.6L (LY7) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.8L (L26) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4T65-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered And Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Lifting-Suspension Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Front Frame
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting The Vehicle With Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • General Information - All Models
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Notes
          • GMCL (General Motors of Canada Ltd.)
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
          • United States
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
            • Non-GM Dealer Technician
        • Vehicle Identification
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Passenger Car Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (G/H Van Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Silverado and Sierra Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (C/K Chassis and Utility Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Mid-Size Truck Applications)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (Corvette T56)
          • Notes
          • Borg Warner Tremec 6-Speed Manual Transmission
          • Hydra-Matic 4L60-E Automatic Transmission
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (AF33-5)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L60-E/4L65-E/4L70-E)
          • C/K Pickup, C/K Utility, G/H Van, H2 and H3, Mid-Size Truck/Utilities, S/T Roadster And S/T Classic
          • N Truck
          • S/T Pickup
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T45-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T65-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative (5L40-E/5L50-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (6L80)
        • Transfer Case Identification (New Venture Gear)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Borg Warner)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Isuzu T150)
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Cautions And Notices
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Caution
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Automatic Transaxle Range Selector Cable Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Breathing R-134a Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Collision Sectioning Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Failure to Prep Primer Caution
        • Foam Sound Deadeners Caution
        • Fuel and EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Park Brake Cable to Caliper Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles and Fuel Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • SIR Special Tool Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air in the Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Catalytic Converter Movement Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Connector Test Adapter Kit J 35616-A Notice
        • Cover and Plug Openings Notice
        • Disengaging Connectors Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Excessive Force and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel Rail Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Resistance Learn Reset Notice
        • Ignition OFF When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses without Twists or Bends Notice
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • Nylon Pipes Notice
        • OBD II Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Paint Damage Notice
        • PCM and ESD Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Rail Sectioning Locations Notice
        • Raising the Hood Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Notice
        • Tape Corners of Panel Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Three-Way Catalytic Converter Damage Notice
        • Torque Reaction Against Timing Drive Chain Notice
        • Transmission Overfill Notice
        • Using Proper Power Steering Fluid Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
        • Window Edge Damage Notice
    • Cautions And Notices - All Models
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Checking Hot Transmission Fluid through Drain Plug Hole Caution
        • Handling Preheated Parts Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Backing Plate Rivet Damage Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Heating Transmission Component Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Pin Reuse Notice
        • Retaining Ring Reuse Notice
        • Seal Reuse Notice
        • Torque Converter Housing/Low and Reverse Clutch Housing Bolt Size Notice
        • Transfer Case Bearing Removal Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 3.6L (LY7) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.8L (L26) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4T65-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered And Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Lifting-Suspension Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Front Frame
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting The Vehicle With Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • General Information - All Models
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Notes
          • GMCL (General Motors of Canada Ltd.)
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
          • United States
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
            • Non-GM Dealer Technician
        • Vehicle Identification
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Passenger Car Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (G/H Van Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Silverado and Sierra Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (C/K Chassis and Utility Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Mid-Size Truck Applications)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (Corvette T56)
          • Notes
          • Borg Warner Tremec 6-Speed Manual Transmission
          • Hydra-Matic 4L60-E Automatic Transmission
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (AF33-5)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L60-E/4L65-E/4L70-E)
          • C/K Pickup, C/K Utility, G/H Van, H2 and H3, Mid-Size Truck/Utilities, S/T Roadster And S/T Classic
          • N Truck
          • S/T Pickup
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T45-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T65-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative (5L40-E/5L50-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (6L80)
        • Transfer Case Identification (New Venture Gear)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Borg Warner)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Isuzu T150)
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
    • Vehicle DTC Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle
        • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
        • Symptoms - Vehicle
          • General Information
          • HVAC
          • Steering
          • Suspension
          • Brakes
          • Engine
          • Transmission/Transaxle
          • Body
          • Restraints
          • Vehicle Control Systems
          • Accessories
        • Diagnostic Repair Verification
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
            • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
            • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
          • Tools Required
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • EVA Vibration Sensor
              • Notes
              • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
            • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 3.6L (LY7) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.8L (L26) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4T65-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered And Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Lifting-Suspension Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Front Frame
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting The Vehicle With Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • General Information - All Models
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Notes
          • GMCL (General Motors of Canada Ltd.)
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
          • United States
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
            • Non-GM Dealer Technician
        • Vehicle Identification
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Passenger Car Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (G/H Van Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Silverado and Sierra Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (C/K Chassis and Utility Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Mid-Size Truck Applications)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (Corvette T56)
          • Notes
          • Borg Warner Tremec 6-Speed Manual Transmission
          • Hydra-Matic 4L60-E Automatic Transmission
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (AF33-5)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L60-E/4L65-E/4L70-E)
          • C/K Pickup, C/K Utility, G/H Van, H2 and H3, Mid-Size Truck/Utilities, S/T Roadster And S/T Classic
          • N Truck
          • S/T Pickup
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T45-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T65-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative (5L40-E/5L50-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (6L80)
        • Transfer Case Identification (New Venture Gear)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Borg Warner)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Isuzu T150)
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (1997-2003 Century, Impala, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Removal & Installation (2004-2005 Century & Regal)
          • Removal & Installation (2004-2007 Allure Canadian (2005-06), Impala, Grand Prix, LaCrosse & Monte Carlo)
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Tools Required
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (LY7)
          • Test Description
          • A/C System Pressure - Zone Classification
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (L26)
          • Test Description
          • A/C System Pressure - Zone Classification
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Tools Required
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
          • Tools Required
          • Flushing Procedure
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (L26)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • A/C Line/Tube Connector Removal/Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (L26)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Thermal Expansion Valve Tube Replacement
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Service Ports Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hoses Replacement (LY7)
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (LY7)
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (L26)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (LY7)
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (L26)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Replacement
        • Heater Pipe Adapter Replacement - Inlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Adapter Replacement - Outlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distributor Duct Replacement
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Side Window (Right)
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Side Window (Left)
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel - Left
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel - Center
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel - Right
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Defroster
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Rear Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Valve Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Door Replacement
        • Heater Core Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0159, B0164, B0174, B0179, B0510 or B0515
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0184 or B0189
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0249, B0269, B0409 or B0419
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0414, B0424, B3748 or B3749
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530, P0532 or P0533
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0530
            • P0532
            • P0533
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645, P0646 or P0647
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0645
            • P0646
            • P0647
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Sun Load Sensor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Air Speed
            • Notes
            • Off Mode
            • Recirculation Mode
            • Automatic Modes
          • Air Distribution
            • Notes
            • Front Defrost Mode
            • Mode Switch
            • Dual Zone Control Switch
          • Remote Start
            • Remote Start Activation
            • Remote Start De-activation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
              • Notes
              • Personalization
            • Air Temperature Actuators
            • Air Temperature Sensors
            • Sunload Sensor
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Heating and A/C Operation
            • Notes
            • Dual Zone Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Remote Start
            • Remote Start Activation
            • Remote Start De-activation
          • Engine Coolant
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0248, B0268 Or B0418
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0249, B0269 or B0419
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0424, B3748 Or B3749
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530, P0532 Or P0533
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0530
            • P0532
            • P0533
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645, P0646 Or P0647
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0645
            • P0646
            • P0647
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot In Vehicle
        • Too Cold In Vehicle
        • Air Delivery Improper
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
          • Calibration Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components & Operation
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Mode/Recirculation Actuator
            • Mode Valve Assembly
            • Blower Motor Control Processor
            • Air Speed
            • Afterblow
            • Air Distribution
            • Recirculation Operation
          • Remote Start
            • Remote Start Activation
            • Remote Start De-activation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Remote Start
            • Remote Start Activation
            • Remote Start De-activation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Zone Identification Views
        • SIR Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Passenger Presence System Flash Code Procedures
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System (PPS) Flash Code Procedure
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC 032
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC 034
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC 036
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC 052
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC 056
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0012, B0013, B0014, B0016, B0017 or B0018
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0012 stage 2 or B0016 stage 1
            • B0013 stage 2 or B0017 stage 1
            • B0014 stage 2 or B0018 stage 1
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0022, B0024, B0026, B0042, B0043 or B0044
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0022 stage 1 or B0042 stage 2
            • B0024 stage 1 or B0043 stage 2
            • B0026 stage 1 or B0044 stage 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0028, B0029 or B0030
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0028
            • B0029
            • B0030
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0040, B0041 or B0045
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0040
            • B0041
            • B0045
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0051
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0053
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0057, B0058 or B0059
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0057
            • B0058
            • B0059
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0064, B0065 or B0066
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0064
            • B0065
            • B0066
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0077, B0078, B0079, B0080, B0081 or B0082
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0077 for SIS - LF or B0078 for SIS - RF
            • B0079 for SIS - LF or B0081 for SIS - RF
            • B0080 for SIS - LF or B0082 for SIS - RF
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B0092
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0098
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0100, B0101, B0102, B0103, B0104 or B0105
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0100 for Front End Sensor 1 or B0103 for Front End Sensor 2
            • B0101 for Front End Sensor 1 or B0104 for Front End Sensor 2
            • B0102 for Front End Sensor 1 or B0105 for Front End Sensor 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B1001
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Passenger Presence System Rezeroing Procedure
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System (PPS) Rezeroing Procedure
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Passenger Presence System Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zones
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 1
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 2
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 3
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 5
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 6
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 7
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 9
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedures
        • Indicator Replacement - Inflatable Restraint IP Module
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Replacement - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Replacement - Right
        • Seat Belt Buckle Pretensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Accident With or Without Air Bag Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Frontal Inflator Module Deployment
          • Accident With Side Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
        • Inflator Module Handling & Scrapping
          • Tools Required
          • Live (Undeployed) Inflator Module
          • Dual Stage Inflator Module
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle (Steering Wheel Module, I/P Module and Roof Rail Module)
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle (Vehicle Scrapping Procedure)
        • Pretensioner Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Inside the Vehicle
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle for Seat Belt Pretensioners
      • Description and Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System
          • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF indicator
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harness
          • Steering Column and Wheel
          • Knee Bolster
          • Side SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Driver
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Passenger
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Guide Replacement - Rear Seat Shoulder Belt
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Driver
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Passenger
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Guide Replacement - Rear Seat Shoulder Belt
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Steering
  • Electronic Steering
    • Variable Effort Steering System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Steering Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Controls Component Views
        • Steering Controls Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Variable Effort Steering
        • DTC C0450
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Description and Operation
        • Variable Effort Steering System Description and Operation
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Rack and Pinion)
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk or Shudder Noise From The Power Steering System
        • Whine Or Growl Noise From The Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard Or Too Easy In One Or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Hard In One Or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy In One Or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Tools Required
          • Bleeding Procedure
        • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
          • Tools Required
          • Test Procedure
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (3.8L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (3.8L V6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Drive Shaft Seal Replacement (CB)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
        • Rack and Pinion Boot and Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Rack and Pinion)
      • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
      • Power Steering System Test Procedure
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk or Shudder Noise From The Power Steering System
      • Whine Or Growl Noise From The Power Steering System
      • Steering Effort Hard Or Too Easy In One Or Both Directions
      • Steering Effort Hard In One Or Both Directions
      • Steering Effort Too Easy In One Or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Bleeding the Power Steering System
        • Tools Required
        • Bleeding Procedure
      • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Tools Required
        • Test Procedure
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
      • Flushing the Power Steering System
      • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (LY7)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (3.8L)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (3.8L V6)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Drive Shaft Seal Replacement (CB)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement (L26)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
      • Rack and Pinion Boot and Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Steering Wheel and Column Schematic Icons
      • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Steering Wheel Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
      • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Wheel Controls
      • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel Controls
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Lock System Does Not Unlock
      • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear (D55)
        • Circuit Description
        • System Operation
      • Lock System Does Not Lock
      • Lock System Sticks in Start
      • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
      • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement (Manual Tilt)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shift Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing and Jacket Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wire Harness Assembly Replacement (Manual Tilt Column)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security - Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Bushings Replacement (Vertical)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Bushings Replacement (Horizontal)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component and/or Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailing Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spindle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component and/or Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment System
    • Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Measuring Wheel Alignment
      • Front Camber Adjustment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Front Toe Adjustment
      • Rear Camber Adjustment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rear Toe Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Caster Description
      • Camber Description
      • Toe Description
      • Setback Description
      • Thrust Angles Description
      • Lead/Pull Description
      • Torque Steer Description
      • Memory Steer Description
      • Wander Description
      • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing Guidelines
          • Evaluating Damage
          • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing General Recommendations/Options
          • Repair Option Number 1
          • General Color Selection
          • General Refinishing Procedures-Removal
          • General Refinishing Procedures-Installation
          • Repair Option Number 2 - Outside Companies
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • Tire Chain Usage Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65- E - DTC P0752 To DTC P1822
      • DTC P0751 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0751 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0752 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0752 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0753 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0756 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0756 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0757 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0757 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0758 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0842 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0843 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0850 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0961 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0973 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0974 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0976 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0977 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1811 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1811 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1819 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1820 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1820 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1822 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1822 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - DTC P0218 To DTC P0748
      • DTC P0218 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0218 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0502 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0503 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0562 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0563 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603 or P0604 (3.6L)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P062F (3.6L)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0711 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
          • Condition 3
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0711 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0712 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0712 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0713 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0713 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0716 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0716 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0717 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0717 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0722 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0723 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0741 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0741 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0742 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0742 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0748 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - DTC P1823 To DTC P2764
      • DTC P1823 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1823 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1825 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1825 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1826 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1826 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1887 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1915 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2534 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2761 (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2763 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2764 (3.6L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List (3.6L)
        • Scan Tool Data List (3.8L)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (3.6L)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (3.8L)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Replacement (3.6L)
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Replacement (3.8L)
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Adjustment
        • Park Lock Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park Lock Cable Adjustment
        • Fluid Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reverse Servo Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Forward Servo Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Oil Seal Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Oil Seal Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pressure Test Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Vent Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter and Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accumulator and 2-1 Manual Servo Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermo Element Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Side Cover Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fluid Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation (TCC PWM) Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Weir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Extension Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Final Drive Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Replacement
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Line Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Connector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Radiator Oil Cooler Connector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Inspection
        • Automatic Transmission Brace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Flywheel to Torque Converter Bolt Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
          • Notes
          • Upshift Adapts (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
          • Steady State Adapts
          • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure (TAP) or Reset Transmission Adapts
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Transmission Control Module
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Automatic Transmission Input Speed Sensor
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Lever Assembly-Manual Shaft Detent with Internal Mode Switch
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Overhaul
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Transfer Case Selective Washer Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Model Build Information (MN7)
        • Model Build Information (M15)
        • Model Build Information (M76)
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
      • Repair Instructions
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Transmission Support Fixture Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Transfer Case Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Reverse Servo Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Forward Servo Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Filter Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Accumulator Assembly and 2-1 Band Servo Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Cover and Gaskets Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Oil Pump Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Removal
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Output Shaft Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Front Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Axle Oil Seal Removal - Left Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Case Cover Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Fourth Clutch Components Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Link Stretch Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket and Drive Link Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Second Clutch and Input Clutch Removal
          • Tool Required:
          • Removal Procedure
        • Reverse Band Removal
        • Reverse Reaction Drum Removal
        • Case Extension Assembly Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Differential Carrier and Components Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Reaction Sun Gear and Manual 2-1 Band Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Drum and Forward Band Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Case Assembly Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Case Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Case Components Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Torque Converter Oil Seal Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Torque Converter Oil Seal Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Inspection (FWD Only)
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Disassemble (FWD Only)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Reluctor Wheel Disassemble (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Reluctor Wheel Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Components Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Extension Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Forward Band Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Functional Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Drum Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • 2-1 Manual Band Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reaction Sun Gear and Drum Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Pinion End Play Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Assemble
          • Tool Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reverse Reaction Drum Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input and Third Clutch Pawl Disassemble
        • Input and Third Clutch Pawl Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input and Third Clutch Pawl Functional Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
        • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing Oil Seal Rings Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing, Input Clutch Pawl and Third Clutch Pawl Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Second Clutch Disassemble
          • Tools Required:
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Second Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
        • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
        • Second Clutch Assemble
          • Tools Required:
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reverse Band Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Fourth and Second Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Second, Input, Third and Sprag Clutches Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Drive and Driven Sprocket Components Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Fourth Clutch Components Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Inspection (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Inspection (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Case Cover Bearing Disassemble
          • Tools REquired
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Bearing Assemble
          • Tools REquired
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Left Side
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Cover and Gaskets Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Disassemble - Right Side (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Right Side (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Clean
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body and Spacer Plate Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Components Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Cover and Gasket Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Thermo Element Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Accumulator Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Accumulator Components Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Accumulator Assembly, 2-1 Band Servo Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pan and Filter Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Forward Band Servo Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Forward Band Servo Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reverse Band Servo Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Reverse Band Servo Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Transmission to Transfer Case End Play Check (F4WD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Transfer Case Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Transmission Holding Fixture Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Torque Converter Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Torque Converter Assemble
          • Tool Required
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Park - Engine Running - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Park - Engine Running - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral-Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Neutral - Engine Running - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Neutral - Engine Running - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Reverse - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Reverse - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - TCC Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - TCC Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Third (from Overdrive Range) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
            • Drive Range, Manual 3rd - from Overdrive Range - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
            • Drive Range, Manual 3rd - from Overdrive Range - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Second (from Drive, Manual Third) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Drive Range, Manual 2nd - from Drive, Manual 3rd - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Drive Range, Manual 2nd - from Drive, Manual 3rd - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual First (from Drive, Manual Second) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Off Valve (407)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Drive Range, Manual 1st - from Drive, Manual 2nd - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Valve (443)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Drive Range, Manual 1st - from Drive, Manual 2nd - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Service, Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Troubleshooting
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
        • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range (3.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure
        • Line Pressure Check Procedure
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Road Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
            • Notes
            • Manual 4-3 Downshift
            • Manual 4-2 Downshift
            • Manual 4-1 Downshift
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
            • Notes
            • Reverse
            • Manual First
            • Manual Second
            • Manual Third
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
          • Torque Converter Evaluation and Diagnosis
        • Torque Converter Replacement Guide
        • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
          • Isolating Vibration
          • Indexing Torque Converter
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye & Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
            • Notes
            • Gaskets
            • Seals
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
            • Notes
            • Transmission Oil Pan
            • Case Leak
            • Leak at the Torque Converter End
            • Leak at the Vent Pipe or the Fluid Fill Tube
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
          • Tools Required
          • Leak Test Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J35944-A)
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Preparation
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Back Flush
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Clean-up
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J45096)
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-up
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Leaks
        • Incorrect Line Pressure
        • Delayed Park to Reverse/Drive Engagement
        • Harsh Park to Reverse/Drive Engagement
        • Slips in Drive or No Drive
        • Slips in Reverse or No Reverse
        • Locked Up in Drive/Reverse
        • No Park Range
        • Harsh or Soft 1-2 Shift Feel
        • Harsh or Soft 2-3/3-2 Shift Feel
        • Harsh or Soft 3-4/4-3 Shift Feel
        • High or Low Upshift or Downshift Speed
        • First and Second Gear Only (2-3 Solenoid Stuck On)
        • First and Fourth Gear Only (1-2 Solenoid Stuck On)
        • Second and Third Gear Only (1-2 Solenoid Stuck Off)
        • Third and Fourth Gear Only (2-3 Solenoid Stuck Off)
        • First Gear Only
        • Second Gear Only
        • Third Gear Only
        • Fourth Gear Only
        • Slipping or No First Gear
        • Slipping or No Second Gear
        • Slipping or No Third Gear
        • Slipping or No Fourth Gear
        • No Engine Braking in Manual Second or Low Range
        • Whine Noise Varying with RPM or Fluid Pressure
        • Popping Noise
        • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
        • Whine/Growl Noise That Changes with Vehicle Speed
        • Final Drive Noise or Hum Noise
        • Noise in First, Second, Third or Fourth
        • Noise in Random Ranges
        • Abnormal Noise in Park or Neutral Range
        • Converter Clutch Stuck On in All Gears
        • Converter Clutch Stuck On in Second, Third and Fourth Gear
        • Harsh Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply or Release
        • Converter Clutch Apply Rough, Slips or Shudders
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
    • Shift Interlock System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
        • DTC B2705
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Overhaul
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Transfer Case Selective Washer Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Model Build Information (MN7)
        • Model Build Information (M15)
        • Model Build Information (M76)
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
      • Repair Instructions
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Transmission Support Fixture Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Transfer Case Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Reverse Servo Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Forward Servo Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Filter Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Accumulator Assembly and 2-1 Band Servo Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Cover and Gaskets Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Oil Pump Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Removal
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Output Shaft Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Front Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Axle Oil Seal Removal - Left Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Case Cover Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Fourth Clutch Components Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Link Stretch Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket and Drive Link Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Second Clutch and Input Clutch Removal
          • Tool Required:
          • Removal Procedure
        • Reverse Band Removal
        • Reverse Reaction Drum Removal
        • Case Extension Assembly Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Differential Carrier and Components Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Reaction Sun Gear and Manual 2-1 Band Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Drum and Forward Band Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Case Assembly Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Case Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Case Components Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Torque Converter Oil Seal Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Torque Converter Oil Seal Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Inspection (FWD Only)
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Disassemble (FWD Only)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Reluctor Wheel Disassemble (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Reluctor Wheel Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Components Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Extension Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Forward Band Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Functional Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Drum Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • 2-1 Manual Band Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reaction Sun Gear and Drum Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Pinion End Play Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Assemble
          • Tool Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reverse Reaction Drum Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input and Third Clutch Pawl Disassemble
        • Input and Third Clutch Pawl Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input and Third Clutch Pawl Functional Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
        • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing Oil Seal Rings Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing, Input Clutch Pawl and Third Clutch Pawl Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Second Clutch Disassemble
          • Tools Required:
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Second Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
        • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
        • Second Clutch Assemble
          • Tools Required:
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reverse Band Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Fourth and Second Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Second, Input, Third and Sprag Clutches Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Drive and Driven Sprocket Components Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Fourth Clutch Components Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Inspection (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Inspection (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Case Cover Bearing Disassemble
          • Tools REquired
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Bearing Assemble
          • Tools REquired
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Left Side
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Cover and Gaskets Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Disassemble - Right Side (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Right Side (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Clean
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body and Spacer Plate Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Components Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Cover and Gasket Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Thermo Element Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Accumulator Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Accumulator Components Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Accumulator Assembly, 2-1 Band Servo Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pan and Filter Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Forward Band Servo Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Forward Band Servo Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reverse Band Servo Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Reverse Band Servo Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Transmission to Transfer Case End Play Check (F4WD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Transfer Case Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Transmission Holding Fixture Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Torque Converter Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Torque Converter Assemble
          • Tool Required
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Park - Engine Running - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Park - Engine Running - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral-Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Neutral - Engine Running - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Neutral - Engine Running - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Reverse - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Reverse - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - TCC Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - TCC Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Third (from Overdrive Range) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
            • Drive Range, Manual 3rd - from Overdrive Range - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
            • Drive Range, Manual 3rd - from Overdrive Range - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Second (from Drive, Manual Third) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Drive Range, Manual 2nd - from Drive, Manual 3rd - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Drive Range, Manual 2nd - from Drive, Manual 3rd - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual First (from Drive, Manual Second) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Off Valve (407)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Drive Range, Manual 1st - from Drive, Manual 2nd - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Valve (443)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Drive Range, Manual 1st - from Drive, Manual 2nd - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• External Pages